From 094a35d8a1a36f22383069ac71fa594b051da73a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Mon, 23 Jul 2018 12:15:12 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] update source terms --- .tx/config | 5 + locale/sources/accounting.pot | 261 +++-- locale/sources/crm.pot | 1677 ++++++--------------------- locale/sources/db_management.pot | 134 ++- locale/sources/discuss.pot | 62 +- locale/sources/livechat.pot | 142 +++ locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot | 1824 +++++++++--------------------- locale/sources/portal.pot | 114 ++ locale/sources/project.pot | 96 +- locale/sources/sales.pot | 780 +++++-------- locale/sources/website.pot | 230 ++-- 11 files changed, 1863 insertions(+), 3462 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/sources/livechat.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/portal.pot diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index 5dbcb5796..00348f7a2 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -77,6 +77,11 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-11-doc.portal] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-11-doc.practical] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/practical.po source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/accounting.pot index 6ffa85b2d..9b63ab633 100644 --- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot +++ b/locale/sources/accounting.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../accounting.rst:5 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" @@ -1861,422 +1861,455 @@ msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:194 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216 msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:223 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:242 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:247 msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256 msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 msgid "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before today and then pay it today." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 msgid "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 msgid "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:297 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it (this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 msgid "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:347 msgid "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:420 msgid "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:431 msgid "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 msgid "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 msgid "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454 msgid "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with **Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:492 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 msgid ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 :2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. :5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:585 msgid "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal information in the company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 msgid "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and used on the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot index 479f7ae2f..db3ba3bc4 100644 --- a/locale/sources/crm.pot +++ b/locale/sources/crm.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,1799 +20,848 @@ msgstr "" msgid "CRM" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo CRM `. One of them is using your company's generic email address as a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 -msgid "The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings module --> General Settings`." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 -msgid "Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on **Apply**." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will aggregate." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 -msgid "Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your existing sales teams." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 -msgid "You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead into the related sales team." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 -msgid "Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email domain." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`website`" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 -msgid "Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship management." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 -msgid "Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your database as leads" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 -msgid "On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings and display your columns properly." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 -msgid "If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, Email, etc.)." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 -msgid "If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an opportunity (type = Opportunity)." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import button: the same validations will be done." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the Import tool on the same window." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15 +msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22 +msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be either a lead or an opportunity." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 -msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31 +msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 -msgid "This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to create a new contact." +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34 +msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 -msgid "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in the **Internal notes** field." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the screen." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking on it." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales funnel." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a blog post)" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his phone number)" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 -msgid "The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo CRM" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 -msgid "Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party applications. Learn more `here `__." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 -msgid "In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 -msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 -msgid "Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities dashboard." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 -msgid "Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 -msgid "another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's mailing list. Learn more `here `__." +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 -msgid "Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on **Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 -msgid "You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 -msgid "From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the submission)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 -msgid "You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on **Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 options will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 -msgid "**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and change the configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 -msgid "If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here `)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K) to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 -msgid "One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 -msgid "One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 -msgid "As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 -msgid "If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first <../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 -msgid "You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 -msgid "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 -msgid "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module tutorial `__ or `Syntax reference guide `__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how to score leads here `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from that country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 -msgid "Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the *Domain* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 -msgid "In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is \"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set (country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the `official python documentation `__ for more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and ``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) : ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "OnSIP Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper `_. You will have to configure it as follows:" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream Wave `_. When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call Assistant `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74 -msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here `_. Once the source directory is extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly `there `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 msgid "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title \"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part \"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the \"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and more accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but you can modify them manually of course." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact. I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities for example." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be closing, letting you prioritize." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that simple." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but also allows me to:" +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those leads can then be converted into opportunities." +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and turn them into sales orders." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to quotes." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you getting started quickly too." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "System for managing a company's interactions with current and future customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and its probability to close a sale." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 -msgid "Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 -msgid "A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales representative" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 -msgid "In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their success at reaching targets." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether they are \"ready for sales\" or not." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a `list view `__ and a non-editable `form view `__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) listed in a table." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales cycle." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 -msgid "Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a relationship and to turn them into customers." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 -msgid "For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically, a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to centralize, track and manage leads." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 -msgid "Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring revenue and more work." +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 -msgid "Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your sales processes easily." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 -msgid "An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new lead and enter all the needed information." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an opportunity in Odoo CRM." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from lead to customer." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 -msgid "Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start `__, select the CRM icon as first app to install, fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be directed to the module when the database is ready." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every feature of the app is running smoothly." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail whenever you feel it is needed." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 -msgid "You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen. It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 -msgid "A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either use it or create a new one. Refer to the page :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 -msgid "When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to them." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can assign someone on your team:" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 -msgid "Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for more information about that process" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 -msgid "In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com `__\\, every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 -msgid "As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 -msgid "Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging sales funnel success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage (learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 -msgid "You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 -msgid "Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead assignment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 -msgid "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales Team**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 -msgid "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** (see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 -msgid "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 -msgid "Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 -msgid "From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the **graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 -msgid "In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 -msgid "From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected closing.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 -msgid "In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 -msgid "Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 -msgid "Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 -msgid "Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 -msgid "Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 -msgid "In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 -msgid "If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate your dashboard (read the related documentation :doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 -msgid "Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will log into the CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 -msgid "you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to excel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 -msgid "The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 -msgid "In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the **meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming appointments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 -msgid "Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 -msgid "When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 -msgid "The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 -msgid "The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 -msgid "This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation: :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 -msgid "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users` and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo instance - and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 -msgid "Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 -msgid "**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 -msgid "**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 -msgid "When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 -msgid "Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 -msgid "If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page :doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 -msgid "Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 -msgid "You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 -msgid "Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the **CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app (upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 -msgid "A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 -msgid "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 -msgid "For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a **Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 -msgid "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. **Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on **Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 -msgid "total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 -msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 -msgid "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new channel?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 -msgid "To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your channel leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now access your new channel from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the name of a stage." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/db_management.pot b/locale/sources/db_management.pot index 9caadee26..daaac8777 100644 --- a/locale/sources/db_management.pot +++ b/locale/sources/db_management.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Several actions are available:" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "Upgrade" +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or n msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid "Rename" +msgid ":ref:`Rename `" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delete a database instantly" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" msgstr "" @@ -88,79 +88,123 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access our `support page `__ with the correct database already selected" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52 -msgid "Duplicating a database" +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 -msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Upgrade\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59 -msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69 -msgid "Emails are sent" +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 +msgid "If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78 -msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data (e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgid "Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 +msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93 -msgid "Deleting a Database" +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 +msgid "Duplicating a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97 -msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 +msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "From the `database management page `__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." +msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 -msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 +msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 -msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgid "Etc." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 +msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 +msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page `__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 +msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "From the `database management page `__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 +msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 +msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 +msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support `__" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot index dab8c72c1..f8907209e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot +++ b/locale/sources/discuss.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -72,111 +72,111 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders* section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:52 msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:74 msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97 msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/livechat.pot b/locale/sources/livechat.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de24014b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/livechat.pot @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way, you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then, to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot index 403f21b6c..6061c60cf 100644 --- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot +++ b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,596 +24,325 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 -msgid "For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the barcode will be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 -msgid "Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 -msgid "In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 -msgid "You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 -msgid "After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` and click on **Create**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 -msgid "Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra points** on a product." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 +msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 +msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use barcode scanner, you can see the documentation about it `here `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 +msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 +msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 +msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start you barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before add the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 +msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to other rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 -msgid "**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product ordered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 -msgid "**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 -msgid "Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add an Item** under **Rewards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 -msgid "**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents the value of 1 point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 -msgid "**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 -msgid "The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 -msgid "The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" +msgid "Apply manual discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." +msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a specific product." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You know have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global discounts**" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a **Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a **discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now process to the payment." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "On this example you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific product discount also at 50%." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 -msgid "A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website `__.) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* `__) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" +msgid "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* module." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 -msgid "Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 -msgid "In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on **Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury configuration** to the **Payment method**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 -msgid "Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 -msgid "On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 -msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 -msgid "Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe the card and validate the payment." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four differents ways to manage several cashiers." +msgid "With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" +msgid "There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They are all explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 -msgid "As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 -msgid "The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 -msgid "If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 -msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** tab." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 -msgid "You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 -msgid "If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" +msgid "Reprint Receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you may have to reprint a ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow cashier to reprint receipts**." +msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 @@ -621,47 +350,27 @@ msgid "Analyze sales" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" +msgid "View your Point of Sales statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 -msgid "On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 @@ -764,6 +473,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" msgstr "" @@ -794,7 +536,7 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 @@ -880,7 +622,7 @@ msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -msgid "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on the local network." +msgid "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on the local network." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91 @@ -1113,7 +855,7 @@ msgid "The POSBox Software" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:325 -msgid "The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` branch." +msgid "The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` branch." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:334 @@ -1377,11 +1119,11 @@ msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgid "Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the **Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and, even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the customer can be identified from the app." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 @@ -1389,726 +1131,359 @@ msgid "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across al msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse available countries**:" +msgid "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." +msgid "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 -msgid "To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 -msgid "The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the **Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 -msgid "In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the database." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" +msgid "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use in Point of Sale\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 -msgid "If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a **Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the products by **Point of Sale Category**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 -msgid "To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on **Create**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 -msgid "After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for the point of sale." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the ``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Initial Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no category is specified, all available products will be shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if left empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Scan via Proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Print via Proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Facing Display" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to products, customers and cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply specific tax rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Available Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. Otherwise the default pricelist will apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Default Pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale Pricelist configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product prices on orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be prefilled with the exact due amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Preview Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 msgid "Your first order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 -msgid "On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New session**:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been paid by this payment method during that PoS session." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +msgid "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the closing entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 -msgid "Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 -msgid "At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 -msgid "If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears containing all the transactions performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Order Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 +msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" +msgid "Register multiple orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 -msgid "On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment is done or the order is cancelled." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new order." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 -msgid "If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 -msgid "Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to print the order for the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 -msgid "Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on the correct printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 -msgid "This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 -msgid "The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set on it." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`" +msgid "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of Sale application can help you to fulfill." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on **Apply**." +msgid "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 -msgid "Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you will arrive on an empty map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 -msgid "Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." +msgid "Split a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 -msgid "When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" +msgid "Configure your table management" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale`.." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 -msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on **New Session**:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 -msgid "This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add a table." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you can edit it." +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as duplicate them with the handy tool bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to register an order and payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 -msgid "Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan is automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a table to start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 -msgid "You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and you can also transfer the order to another table." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 -msgid "In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove all the taxes in the accounting tab." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 -msgid "The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." +msgid "If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" +msgid "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and select the new table" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 @@ -2116,279 +1491,166 @@ msgid "Advanced Shop Features" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing." +msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 -msgid "On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those values." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 -msgid "Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view. Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 -msgid "Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have ``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 -msgid "You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on **Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 -msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 -msgid "At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this moment you can take the money out." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 -msgid "For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 -msgid "Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New session**:" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 -msgid "If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking on the icon." +msgid "Invoice your customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document :doc:`../advanced/register`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" +msgid "Retrieve invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 -msgid "Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is assigned to the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 -msgid "Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 -msgid "Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` and pays with by a ``VISA``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 -msgid "Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order to create an invoice from this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 -msgid "To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 -msgid "You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and you have to pay back one." +msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 -msgid "You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to process the payment." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have to process the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 -msgid "In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking on *Pricelists*." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" +msgid "Create a pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under the configuration menu on the sales application." +msgid "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." +msgid "You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 -msgid "Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly select the right pricelist." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/portal.pot b/locale/sources/portal.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2831cac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/portal.pot @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your Subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "To access this section you have to log with your username and password to `Odoo `__ . If you are already logged-in just click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. will be registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate you if the invoice has been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +msgid "You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 +msgid "By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing information and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 +msgid "To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 +msgid "If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on \"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +msgid "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 +msgid "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 +msgid "If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/sources/project.pot b/locale/sources/project.pot index 952a1628b..f9a4bd08b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/project.pot +++ b/locale/sources/project.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,84 +24,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 -msgid "A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 -msgid "For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email. This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be closed more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 -msgid "The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the **Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 -msgid "The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a **support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or **Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 -msgid "You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 -msgid "You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 -msgid "You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 -msgid "When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 -msgid "If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 -msgid "Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a new issue will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" msgstr "" @@ -218,6 +140,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the overtime spent on the project." msgstr "" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" msgstr "" @@ -294,6 +223,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the source document of the task is the related sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 1e530b57b..0aad84993 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -204,10 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -600,194 +597,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within 15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my opportunities more easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 -msgid "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 -msgid "Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, something like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 -msgid "Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 -msgid "Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and increase your success rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 -msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" @@ -1048,291 +857,304 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 -msgid "To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 -msgid "You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 -msgid "The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 -msgid "You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you add." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 -msgid "Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through the inline text editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 -msgid "You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 -msgid "You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only affect the individual quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 -msgid "To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online quotation, then share it with customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 -msgid "Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the customer views the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 -msgid "It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 -msgid "First, go to the Sales application, then click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 -msgid "A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 -msgid "Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 -msgid "When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 -msgid "Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 -msgid "For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of ``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 -msgid "In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 -msgid "Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 -msgid "In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 -msgid "To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 -msgid "The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 -msgid "If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 -msgid "To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 -msgid "To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on **Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 -msgid "To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in percentage) and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 -msgid "You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 -msgid "If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 -msgid "Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Configure company data`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 -msgid "Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 -msgid "You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* page prior to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 -msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy so customer can read all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 -msgid "*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 -msgid "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 -msgid "After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed documents)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find more info about quotation templates `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their invoice location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under :menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you send by email or print." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, `Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the `eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a traditional process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on any of the little carts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +msgid "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "Edit your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the quotation editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +msgid "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated to each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations templates containing those products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +msgid "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +msgid "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +msgid "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot index 14fd5777a..56133c3bd 100644 --- a/locale/sources/website.pot +++ b/locale/sources/website.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -365,446 +365,442 @@ msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." +msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 msgid "Browser caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css `__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 msgid "URLs handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 msgid "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 msgid "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 msgid "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 msgid "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 msgid "Multi-language support" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "Multi-language URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 msgid "Language annotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 msgid "" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 msgid "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "Language detection" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 msgid "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 msgid "Every web page should define the ````, ``<description>`` and ``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what people search in Google." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 msgid "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your blog posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword information." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 msgid "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 msgid "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 msgid "User-agent: \\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 msgid "Content is king" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your contents on your website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 msgid "Social Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 msgid "Twitter Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 msgid "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next version." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the **Website Admin** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" msgstr ""